Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

before he does

  • 1 atque or (only before consonants) ac

        atque or (only before consonants) ac conj.    [ad + que], and (like - que, it connects words or thoughts which form a whole, but unlike - que gives prominence rather to what follows, and is rarely repeated).    I. Copulative.    A. Connecting single words and expressions, and, as well as, together with: restituam ac reddam, T.: infamia atque indignitas rei, Cs.: honesta atque inhonesta, S.: parere atque imperare iuxta, L.: acies in speciem simul ac terrorem constiterat, Ta.—Poet. for et... et: Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater, V.—Very rarely after one or more words of its phrase: hederā Gaudere pullā atque myrto, H.—In the phrases: unus atque alter, one and another, one or two, S.: alius atque alius, one and another, successive: aliā atque aliā de causā, L.: etiam atque etiam, again and again, repeatedly: semel atque iterum: iterum atque iterum, V.: huc atque illuc, hither and thither: longe atque late, far and wide.—Adding an emphatic expression, and in fact, and that too, and even, and indeed, and in particular: iter in provinciam nostram atque Italiam, Cs.: dis inmortalibus gratia atque ipsi Iovi: hebeti ingenio atque nullo: res tanta atque tam atrox, S.: Py. cognoscitne? Ch. Ac memoriter, yes, and that too, etc., T.: uno atque eo perexiguo tempore, and that too: atque eo magis, and so much the more: atque id eo magis, and that the more, Cs.: duabus missis cohortibus, atque his primis, etc., Cs. — With adeo or etiam: consilium atque adeo amentia, and in fact: cupide accipiat atque etiam bene dicat, and even, T.: atque adeo etiam, and even, L. —    B. Connecting closely related thoughts, and so, and even, and... too (usu. beginning the clause): atque eccum! and there he is too! T.: Africanus indigens mei? Minime... ac ne ego quidem illius, and I too am not: Punicā religione servata fides est, atque in vincula omnes coniecit, L.—After a word in its clause: funus atque imagines ducant, etc., H.— Adding an emphatic clause: exsules adlicere coepit: ac tantam sibi auctoritatem comparaverat, etc., Cs.: vos pro libertate non... nitemini? atque eo vehementius, quod, etc., S.—With a negative: si fidem habeat... ac non id metuat, ne, etc., and does not rather, T.: quasi nunc id agatur, quis... ac non hoc quaeratur: ut civem, ac non potius ut hostem.—Adding an adversative clause, and yet, and nevertheless: Quibus nunc sollicitor rebus!... atque ex me hic natus non est, T.: non dicere pro nobis possunt; atque haec a nobis petunt omnia: nihil praeterea est magno opere dicendum. ac tamen... pauca etiam nunc dicam. —In transitions, etc.: locum delegerunt. ac primo adventu, etc., Cs.: Atque ea diversa, dum geruntur, V.: Atque hic tantus vir, N.: nomen ei iugo Alpium inditum transgressum, L.—    II. After words of comparison, as, than, than as: nihil aeque atque illam vim requirit: neque mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit: pariter ac si hostes adessent, S.: castra movere iuxta ac si hostes adessent, S.: proinde ac de hominum est vitā merita: cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus, N.: similiter atque ipse eram commotus: fit aliud atque existimaris: aliter causam agi atque iste existimaret: non secus ac si meus esset frater: simulacrum contra atque antea fuerat convertere: simul atque adsedisti: haud minus ac iussi faciunt, V.: Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus, H.

    Latin-English dictionary > atque or (only before consonants) ac

  • 2 ac

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

  • 3 adque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

  • 4 atque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque

  • 5 avant

    avant [avɑ̃]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. (temps) before
    ► avant de (+ infinitif) before
       b. (durée) for
       c. (lieu) before
       d. (priorité) before ; (dans une liste, un classement) ahead of
    ► avant tout, avant toute chose ( = ce qui est le plus important) above all ; ( = tout d'abord) first
    • avant tout, il faut éviter la guerre above all war must be avoided
    2. <
       a. ( = auparavant) first
    ► d'avant ( = précédent) previous
       b. ( = autrefois)
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque l'adverbe avant signifie autrefois, cette notion est généralement exprimée en anglais par used to, qui est suivi de l'infinitif.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    • avant, c'était très beau ici it used to be very beautiful here
    • avant, je n'aimais pas la physique I didn't use to like physics
       c. (durée) before
       d. (lieu) tu vois la boulangerie ? le fleuriste est juste avant you see the baker's? the florist's is just this side of it
    ► en avant [mouvement] forward ; [position] in front
    • en avant, marche ! forward march!
    • partez en avant, on vous rejoindra you go on ahead, we'll catch up with you
    3. <
       a. ( = partie antérieure) [d'avion, voiture, train] front ; [de navire] bows
       b. ( = joueur) forward
    4. <
    ( = antérieur) front
    * * *

    I
    1. avɑ̃
    1) ( dans le temps) gén before, beforehand; ( d'abord) first
    2) ( dans l'espace) before

    tu vois l'église, j'habite (juste) avant — can you see the church? I live (just) before it

    refuser de s'engager plus avant — lit to refuse to go any further; fig to refuse to get any more involved


    2.
    1) ( dans le temps) before

    avant mon départ/retour — before I leave/come back

    avant le 1er juillet — by 1 July

    2) ( dans l'espace) before

    faire passer quelqu'un/quelque chose avant quelqu'un/quelque chose — to put somebody/something before somebody/something

    avant tout, avant toute chose — ( surtout) above all; ( d'abord) first and foremost


    3.
    avant de locution prépositive

    4.
    avant que locution conjonctive

    5.
    en avant locution adverbiale forward(s)

    se pencher/faire un pas en avant — to lean/to take a step forward(s)

    en avant, marche! — Armée forward march!

    en avant toute! — Nautisme, fig full steam ahead!

    en avant la musique! — (colloq) off we go!

    mettre quelqu'un/quelque chose en avant — to put somebody/something forward


    6.
    en avant de locution prépositive ahead of [groupe]

    II
    1. avɑ̃
    adjectif invariable [roue, siège, patte] front

    2.
    nom masculin

    ••
    Lorsque avant est adverbe il se traduit par before sauf lorsqu'il signifie ‘en premier lieu, d'abord’; il se traduit alors par first: si tu prends la route, mange quelque chose avant = if you're going to drive, have something to eat first
    Lorsque avant est préposition il se traduit par before sauf dans le cas où une limite de temps est précisée; il se traduit alors par by: à retourner avant le 30 mars = to be returned by 30 March
    avant entre dans la composition de nombreux mots qui s'écrivent avec un trait d'union ( avant-hier, avant-guerre, avant-coureur etc). Ces mots sont des entrées à part et on les trouvera dans la nomenclature du dictionnaire. Utilisé avant un nom pour désigner une période précédant un événement ou l'avènement d'une personne il se traduit par pre- et forme alors un groupe adjectival que l'on fait suivre du nom approprié: l'avant-1945/l'avant-Thatcher/l'avant-sommet = the pre-1945 period/the pre-Thatcher era/the pre-summit discussions
    * * *
    avɑ̃
    1. prép
    2. adv
    3. adj inv
    4. nm
    1) [véhicule] front

    à l'avant — in the front, in front

    2) SPORT (= joueur) forward

    aller de l'avant — to steam ahead, to make good progress

    en avant — forward, forwards Grande-Bretagne

    Il a fait un pas en avant. — He took a step forward.

    avant que (avec subjonctif) ; avant qu'il ne parte; avant qu'il parte — before he leaves

    avant qu'il ne pleuve; avant qu'il pleuve — before it rains

    avant tout (= surtout) — above all

    * * *
    I.
    avant ⇒ Note d'usage
    A adv
    1 ( dans le temps) gén before, beforehand; ( d'abord) first; que faisait-il avant what was he doing before?; tu n'aurais pas pu le dire avant? couldn't you have said so before(hand)?; si j'avais su cela avant j'aurais… if I'd known that before(hand) I would have…; quelques heures/jours avant a few hours/days before; la nuit/la semaine/le mois avant the night/the week/the month before; peu avant not long before (that); bien avant long before; le bus/train d'avant the previous bus/train; les locataires d'avant the previous tenants; le cours/la séance d'avant the previous lesson/performance; repose-toi avant tu partiras ensuite rest first and then go; laquelle de ces lettres veux-tu que je tape avant? which of these letters would you like me to type first?; avant nous n'avions pas l'électricité we didn't have electricity before; aussitôt avant just before; j'avais compris longtemps avant I had understood a long time before; ce n'était pas ce lundi mais celui d'avant it was not this Monday but the previous one; la fois d'avant nous nous étions déjà perdus we got lost the last time as well; j'ai vu le film mais pas l'émission d'avant I saw the film GB ou movie US but not the programmeGB before it;
    2 ( dans l'espace) before; tu vois l'église, j'habite (juste) avant can you see the church? I live (just) before it; ‘c'est avant l'église?’-‘oui juste avant’ ‘is it before the church?’-‘yes just before it’; il l'a mentionné avant dans l'introduction he mentioned it earlier in the introduction; je crois que la dame était avant I think this lady was first; il est inutile de creuser plus avant lit, fig there's no point in digging any further; refuser de s'engager plus avant lit to refuse to go any further; fig to refuse to get any more involved;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) before; le T vient avant T comes before; son travail passe avant his work comes first.
    B prép
    1 ( dans le temps) before; partir/arriver avant qn to leave/to arrive before sb, to leave/to arrive before sb does; avant mon départ/retour before I leave/come back; les enfants avant les adultes children before adults; je suis partie avant la fin I left before the end; avant l'ouverture/la fermeture des magasins before the shops GB ou stores US open/close; peu avant minuit shortly before midnight; ne viens pas avant 5 heures don't come before 5 o'clock; rentrer avant la nuit/le dîner to come back before nightfall/dinner; la situation d'avant la crise/révolution the situation before the crisis/revolution; avant le 1er juillet by 1 July; le travail doit être fini avant l'été/la fin de l'année/19 heures the work must be completed by the summer/the end of the year/7 pm; j'aurai fini avant une semaine/un mois I'll have finished within a week/a month; nous partons à 11 heures, avant cela je vais travailler un peu we're leaving at 11, I'm going to do a bit of work before then; avant peu shortly; vous serez informé avant peu des nouvelles consignes you will be informed of the new orders shortly; bien/peu avant 16 heures well/a little before 4 pm; bien avant ta naissance long ou well before you were born ; avant toute explication/considération before explaining/considering anything; avant déduction/impôt before deductions/tax;
    2 ( dans l'espace) before; avant le croisement/la poste before the crossing/the post office; bien/juste avant le pont well/just before the bridge; j'étais avant vous I was in front of ou before you; ⇒ charrue;
    3 ( dans une hiérarchie) before; le grade de capitaine vient avant celui de colonel the rank of captain comes before that of colonel; faire passer qn/qch avant qn/qch to put sb/sth before sb/sth; avant tout, avant toute chose ( surtout) above all; ( d'abord) first and foremost; il recherche avant tout la tranquillité above all he wants peace and quiet; il s'agit avant tout de comprendre le principe above all, it is a matter of understanding the principle; je suis avant tout un peintre I am first and foremost a painter.
    C en avant loc adv
    1 ( dans l'espace) forward(s); se pencher/faire un pas en avant to lean/to take a step forward(s); faire deux pas en avant to take two steps forward(s); partir en avant to go ahead; en avant!, en avant la musique○! off we go!; en avant, marche! Mil, fig forward march!; en avant toute! Naut, fig full steam ahead!; mettre qch en avant to put sth forward; mettre en avant le fait que to point out the fact that; mettre qn en avant to put sb forward; se mettre en avant to push oneself forward;
    2 ( dans le temps) ahead.
    D avant de loc prép avant de faire before doing; réfléchis avant de prendre ta décision think about it before making a decision ou before you make a decision; c'est juste avant d'arriver dans le village it's just before you get to the village; agiter avant de servir shake before serving.
    E avant que loc conj avant qu'il ne soit trop tard/qu'elle ne dise non before it's too late/she says no; essaie de rentrer avant qu'il ne fasse nuit try to come back before dark; il est parti un jour avant que je n'arrive he left one day before I arrived; le gouvernement a démissionné avant que la révolte n'éclate the government resigned before the rebellion broke out.
    F en avant de loc prép ahead of [groupe, cortège].
    II.
    A adj inv [roue, siège, patte] front; la partie avant de qch the front part of sth.
    B nm
    1 ( partie antérieure) l'avant the front; tout l'avant du véhicule est à refaire the whole of the front of the vehicle will have to be repaired; à l'avant in (the) front; à l'avant du train [passager, locomotive] at the front of the train; à l'avant du bateau at the front of the boat; d'avant en arrière backward(s) and forward(s); aller de l'avant to forge ahead; aller de l'avant dans ses projets to forge ahead with one's plans; c'est une femme qui va de l'avant she's very go-ahead;
    2 Sport forward; la ligne des avants gén the forward line; ( au rugby) the front line.
    [avɑ̃] préposition
    1. [dans le temps] before
    il est arrivé avant la nuit/le dîner he arrived before nightfall/dinner
    avant son élection prior to her election, before being elected
    peu avant les élections a short while ou time before the elections
    2. [dans l'espace] before
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie] before
    vous êtes avant moi [dans une file d'attente] you're before me
    ————————
    [avɑ̃] adverbe
    1. [dans le temps] before
    avant, j'avais plus de patience avec les enfants I used to be more patient with children
    quand j'ai un rendez-vous, j'aime arriver un peu avant when I'm due to meet someone, I like to get there a little ahead of time
    bien ou longtemps avant well ou long before
    discuter/lire bien avant dans la nuit to talk/to read late into the night
    2. [dans l'espace]
    sans entrer ou aller plus avant dans les détails without going into any further ou more detail
    3. [dans un rang, un ordre, une hiérarchie]
    ————————
    [avɑ̃] adjectif invariable
    [saut périlleux, roulade] forward
    [roue, siège, partie] front
    ————————
    [avɑ̃] nom masculin
    1. [d'un véhicule] front
    aller de l'avant (sens propre & figuré) to forge ahead
    [au volley] frontline player
    jouer avant droit/gauche to play right/left forward
    la ligne des avants, les avants the forward line, the forwards
    ————————
    avant de locution prépositionnelle
    avant de partir, il faudra... before leaving, it'll be necessary to...
    ————————
    avant que locution conjonctive
    avant qu'il comprenne, celui-là! by the time he's understood!
    ————————
    avant que de locution prépositionnelle
    ————————
    avant tout locution adverbiale
    1. [surtout]
    2. [tout d'abord] first
    avant tout, je voudrais vous dire ceci first (and foremost), I'd like to tell you this
    avant toute chose locution adverbiale
    avant toute chose, je vais prendre une douche I'll have a shower before I do anything else
    ————————
    d'avant locution adjectivale
    le jour/le mois d'avant the previous day/month, the day/month before
    en avant locution adverbiale
    [marcher] in front
    [partir] ahead
    [se pencher, tomber, bondir] forward
    en avant, marche! MILITAIRE forward march!
    a. [pour se protéger] to use somebody as a shield
    b. [pour le faire valoir] to push somebody forward ou to the front
    en avant de locution prépositionnelle

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > avant

  • 6 déjà

    déjà [deʒa]
    adverb
       a. ( = dès maintenant, dès ce moment) already
    • est-il déjà rentré ? has he come home yet? ; (surprise) has he come home already?
       b. ( = auparavant) before
       c. (intensif) 1 000 €, c'est déjà pas mal (inf) 1,000 euros, that's not bad at all
    • 30 tonnes, c'est déjà un gros camion 30 tons, that's quite a big truck
       d. (interrogatif) (inf) c'est combien, déjà ? how much is it again? ;  → ores
    * * *
    deʒa
    1) ( dès maintenant) already

    il est déjà tard — it is already late, it is late already

    sans cela, j'aurais déjà fini — if it hadn't been for that, I would have finished already ou I'd be finished by now

    elle serait déjà mariée, si elle l'avait voulu — she could have been married by now if she'd wanted

    2) ( précédemment) before, already

    je te l'ai déjà dit — I told you before, I've already told you once

    3) (colloq) ( pour renforcer)

    être second, c'est déjà très bien! — even to come second is pretty good!

    il s'est excusé, c'est déjà quelque chose — at least he apologized, that's something

    4) (colloq) ( pour protester)
    5) (colloq) ( pour faire répéter) again

    c'est combien, déjà? — how much was it again?

    * * *
    deʒa adv
    1) (= dès à présent) [avoir terminé, être prêt] already

    J'ai déjà fini. — I've already finished.

    2) (= auparavant) [être allé, avoir visité] before

    c'est déjà pas mal — that's not too bad, that's not too bad at all

    quel nom, déjà? — what was the name again?

    * * *
    déjà adv
    1 ( dès maintenant) already; il est déjà tard it is already late, it is late already; à trois ans déjà, il savait lire he could already read by the age of three; sans cela, j'aurais déjà fini if it hadn't been for that, I would have finished already ou I'd be finished by now; elle serait déjà mariée, si elle l'avait voulu she could have been married by now if she'd wanted;
    2 ( précédemment) before, already; je te l'ai déjà dit I told you before, I've already told you once;
    3 ○( pour renforcer) c'est déjà un joli salaire! that's a pretty good salary!; être second, c'est déjà très bien! even to come second is pretty good!; c'est déjà beaucoup d'avoir la santé if at least you have your health, that's a good start; il s'est excusé, c'est déjà quelque chose at least he apologized, that's something;
    4 ○( pour protester) elle est déjà assez riche (comme ça)! she's rich enough as it is; déjà qu'il est assommant, s'il faut en plus l'écouter! he's boring enough as it is without having to listen to him as well; déjà que j'ai la migraine, tu veux que je supporte ce bruit? with this migraine, how am I supposed to stand that noise?;
    5 ○( pour faire répéter) again; qu'est-ce que tu voulais, déjà? what did you want again?; il a dit quoi, déjà? what did he say again?; c'est combien, déjà? how much was it again?
    [deʒa] adverbe
    1. [dès maintenant, dès lors] already
    enfant, il aimait déjà les fleurs even as a child he liked flowers
    2. [précédemment]
    3. [emploi expressif]
    il est d'accord sur le principe, c'est déjà beaucoup he's agreed on the principle, that's something
    donne un euro, ce sera déjà ça give one euro, that'll be a start
    on a perdu une valise, mais ni l'argent ni les passeports, c'est déjà ça! we lost a case, but not our money or passports, which is something at least!
    il faut déjà qu'il ait son examen he needs to pass his exam first, before he does anything else he has to pass his exam
    4. (familier) [pour réitérer une question] again
    elle s'appelle comment déjà? what did you say her name was?, what's she called again?

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > déjà

  • 7 В-118

    ЧЕГО Я (ты и т. п.) ТАМ (ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ (НЕ ВИДЕЛ)? highly coll VP subj. past only usu. indep. sent fixed WO
    there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here): чего X там (тут) не видал? - why on earth (would X want to) go there (stay here)?
    what's the point of going there (staying here etc)? X won't see anything there (here) he hasn't seen before what does X want there (around here)?
    who needs it? Так было с Францией - вдруг (Сергей) сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: «Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь...» (Трифонов 3)...Не (Sergei) had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go...He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found (only) here" (3a).
    «Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?» (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
    Первые же слова Егорши: «Здорово, невеста!» -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: «Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать» (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words-"Hi there, fiancee!"-...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > В-118

  • 8 чего я здесь не видал?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я здесь не видал?

  • 9 чего я здесь не видел?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я здесь не видел?

  • 10 чего я там не видал не видел?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я там не видал не видел?

  • 11 чего я там не видал?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я там не видал?

  • 12 чего я там не видел?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я там не видел?

  • 13 чего я тут не видал?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я тут не видал?

  • 14 чего я тут не видел?

    • ЧЕГО Я (ты и т.п.) ТАМ( ТУТ, ЗДЕСЬ) НЕ ВИДАЛ < НЕ ВИДЕЛ> ? highly coll
    [VPsubj; past only; usu. indep. sent; fixed WO]
    =====
    ⇒ there is no reason why I (you etc) need to or would want to go there (or stay here):
    - whaft the point of going there (staying here etc)?;
    - what does X want there (around here)?;
    - who needs it?
         ♦ Так было с Францией - вдруг [Сергей] сказал, что исчезло всякое желание ехать... Сказал ей: "Чего я там не видел? То, что мне нужно, я могу найти только здесь..." (Трифонов 3)... Не [Sergei] had decided against the trip to France. He suddenly announced that he had lost all desire to go....He said to her, "What's the point of going to France? Everything that I need can be found [only] here" (3a).
         ♦ "Говорил я тебе, чудаку, не связывайся... Майор узнает, на фронт пойдешь, а чего ты там не видел на фронте-то, или не навоевался?" (Максимов 1). "I told you, you crank, don't get involved....If the major finds out you'll be off to the front, and you won't see anything there you haven't seen before. Haven't you had enough of fighting?" (1a).
         ♦ Первые же слова Егорши: "Здорово, невеста!" -...полымем одели ее щёки. Но она не растерялась: "Проваливай! Чего здесь не видал?.. Нечего тебе тут делать" (Абрамов 1). Egorsha's first words - "Hi there, fiancee!" -...brought a blush to her cheeks. But she did not lose her head. "Get lost! What do you want around here?...There's nothing here for you" (1a).

    Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > чего я тут не видел?

  • 15 envie

    envie [ɑ̃vi]
    feminine noun
       a. ( = inclination) avoir envie de qch to feel like sth
       d. ( = convoitise) envy
    * * *
    ɑ̃vi
    1) gén urge ( de faire to do); ( de choses à manger) craving (de for)

    avoir envie de faire — ( fortement) to want to do; ( passagèrement) to feel like doing

    il n'a qu'une envie, (c'est de) partir — all he wants is to leave

    2) ( convoitise) envy
    3) ( angiome) birthmark; pisser
    ••
    * * *
    ɑ̃vi nf
    1) (vis-à-vis de qn d'autre, de ce qu'on n'a pas) envy
    2) (= souhait) desire, wish

    faire envie à qn; Ça lui fait envie. — He would like that.

    Cette glace me fait envie. — I like the look of that ice cream.

    avoir envie de faire — to feel like doing, to want to do

    J'avais envie de pleurer. — I felt like crying., I wanted to cry.

    J'ai envie d'aller aux toilettes. — I want to go to the toilet., I need to go to the toilet.

    4) (sexuelle) desire
    5) (= tache sur la peau) birthmark
    6) (= filet de peau) hangnail
    * * *
    envie nf
    1 gén urge (de faire to do); ( de choses à manger) craving (de for); envie folle/subite insane/sudden urge; l'envie m'a prise de te téléphoner I got the urge to phone you; des envies de femme enceinte the cravings of a pregnant woman; avoir une envie de chocolat to have a craving for chocolate; et s'il lui prenait l'envie de venir? and what if he suddenly decided to come?; avoir des envies de meurtre to feel like killing somebody; ‘change de travail!’-‘ce n'est pas l'envie qui me manque’ ‘change jobs!’-‘don't think I haven't thought of it!’; avoir envie de qch to feel like sth; avoir envie de faire ( fortement) to want to do; ( passagèrement) to feel like doing; avoir envie de vendre la maison to want to sell the house; avoir envie de dormir/de faire pipi○ to want to go to bed/to go to the loo GB ou the bathroom US; il n'a qu'une envie, (c'est de) partir all he wants is to leave; avoir envie de rire/pleurer/hurler to feel like laughing/crying/screaming; je n'ai pas du tout envie de le rencontrer I have absolutely no desire to meet him; avoir envie de vomir to feel sick, to have a feeling of nausea; arrête! tu me donnes envie de vomir! stop! you're making me feel sick!; elle a bien envie de faire she would really like to do; il a envie que je parte he wants me to leave; il a envie que les choses soient claires he wants it to be quite clear; mourir or crever○ d'envie de faire fig to be dying○ to do; avoir envie de qn ( sexuellement) to want sb; donner (l')envie à qn de faire to make sb want to do; le livre m'a donné envie de voir le film the book made me want to see the film;
    2 ( convoitise) envy; regarder qch/écouter qn avec envie to look at sth/listen to sb enviously ou with envy; leur piscine fait envie à tous leurs amis their swimming pool is the envy of all their friends; il te fait envie ce jouet? would you like that toy?; ils me font envie tous ces gens bronzés all these tanned people make me envious;
    3 ( angiome) birthmark; ( petite peau) hangnail; ⇒ pitié, pisser.
    avoir une envie pressante to need to go to the toilet.
    [ɑ̃vi] nom féminin
    1. [souhait, désir] desire
    l'envie de quelque chose/de faire quelque chose the desire for something/to do something
    avoir envie de rire/pleurer to feel like laughing/crying
    faire envie à quelqu'un: un voyage au Brésil, ça ne te fait pas envie? aren't you tempted by a trip to Brazil?
    l'envie lui prend de ou il lui prend l'envie de faire... he feels like ou fancies doing...
    2. [désir sexuel] desire
    3. [besoin] urge
    être pris d'une envie (pressante ou naturelle) to feel the call of nature, to be taken short (UK)
    4. [jalousie] envy
    faire envie à quelqu'un: sa réussite me fait envie I envy her success, her success makes me jealous
    tant de luxe, ça (vous) fait envie such luxury makes one ou you envious
    5. ANATOMIE [tache] birthmark
    [peau] hangnail

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > envie

  • 16 وضوء

    وضوء:
    A purification (ablution) that must be performed before someone does their salaah or reads the Qur'an.

    Arabic-English new dictionary > وضوء

  • 17 δύο

    Grammatical information: numer.
    Meaning: `two'
    Other forms: ep. eleg. also δύω, Lac. etc. also δύ(Ϝ)ε (after κύν-ε etc.), oblique forms δυοῖν (Att. δυεῖν since IV-IIIa), δυῶν, δυοῖσ(ι), δυσί; also indeclinable ( Il.); see Schwyzer 588f.
    Dialectal forms: Myc. dwo, duwoupi \/dwōuphi\/.
    Compounds: As first member (beside usual δι-, s. δίς) e. g. in δυο-ποιός `making two' (Arist.), and in univerbations like δυο-καί-δεκα (Il. a. o.);
    Derivatives: δυοστός `half' (Sch.), after εἰκοστός etc.
    Origin: IE [Indo-European] [228] *duu̯o, *duu̯-eh₃(?) `two'
    Etymology: The final short of δύο also in Arm. erko-tasan `twelve' and in Skt. (Ved.) deriv. dva-ká- `in pairs' (Lat. duo is due to the Iambenkürzung). *duu̯o is also found in Goth. twa and wit `we two' and in OIr. da. (Cowgill, MSS 46 (1985) 13-28). δύο from δύω or *δύοι (= Skt. duvé, OCS dъvě f. n.) before vowel does not convince. Therefore δύο beside the dual δύω (= Skt. duvā́, OCS dъva m.) must be an old indeclinable. Beside IE *duu̯ō̆ and *duu̯ōu (in Skt. duváu) there was monosyllabic *du̯ō(u) in δ(Ϝ)ώ-δεκα, Arm. erku, Skt. dvā́(u), Hitt. dā- in dā-yuga- `two years old', dān `a second time'. See Wackernagel-Debrunner Aind. Gramm. 3, 341ff. and Cowgill l.c. who assumes *dúu̯o beside *duu̯ṓ (which was *duu̯eh₃(u), rather than *duu̯oh₁ with o-stem inflection).
    Page in Frisk: 1,424-425

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > δύο

  • 18 a corto plazo

    = before very long, short term [short-term], in the short run, short-range, at short notice, in the short term, short-run
    Ex. The moment we compromise among ourselves to adopt rules that are incompatible with ideology then I think we are merely providing the necessity before very long to have these changes brought about.
    Ex. Whether this is a short term phenomenon or not, remains to be seen.
    Ex. In the short run, the most likely prospect is for all current systems to continue with electronic formats merely adding to the richness of the human record.
    Ex. The astute leader will establish short- and long- range goals for the institution, develop specific objectives to accomplish those goals, and activities to meet the objectives.
    Ex. Each of the experts is available for telephone consultation at short notice.
    Ex. Controlled vocabulary is the best option in the short term.
    Ex. Findings indicate that the short-run success of methadone programs does not automatically translate into long-run abstinence.
    * * *
    = before very long, short term [short-term], in the short run, short-range, at short notice, in the short term, short-run

    Ex: The moment we compromise among ourselves to adopt rules that are incompatible with ideology then I think we are merely providing the necessity before very long to have these changes brought about.

    Ex: Whether this is a short term phenomenon or not, remains to be seen.
    Ex: In the short run, the most likely prospect is for all current systems to continue with electronic formats merely adding to the richness of the human record.
    Ex: The astute leader will establish short- and long- range goals for the institution, develop specific objectives to accomplish those goals, and activities to meet the objectives.
    Ex: Each of the experts is available for telephone consultation at short notice.
    Ex: Controlled vocabulary is the best option in the short term.
    Ex: Findings indicate that the short-run success of methadone programs does not automatically translate into long-run abstinence.

    Spanish-English dictionary > a corto plazo

  • 19 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 20 pasar

    v.
    1 to pass.
    ¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?
    Pasaron dos horas Two hours went by.
    Yo paso a María I pass Mary (I overtake Mary)
    Un carro pasa A car goes by
    Me pasó una cuchara He=she passed me a spoon (She passed a spoon to me)
    Por fin pasé! I passed at last!
    2 to cross.
    pasar la calle to cross the road
    pasé el río a nado I swam across the river
    3 to go through.
    pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light
    4 to pass, to go.
    pasó por mi lado he passed by my side
    el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus goes past o passes in front of my house
    el Manzanares pasa por Madrid the Manzanares goes o passes through Madrid
    he pasado por tu calle I went down your street
    pasar de… a… to go o pass from… to…
    pasar de largo to go by
    5 to go/come in.
    pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please
    ¡pase! come in!
    6 to go.
    por ahí no pasa it won't go through there
    7 to go by.
    pasaron tres meses three months went by
    8 to go through, to experience.
    pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared
    pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time
    pasarlo mal to have a hard time of it
    Pasé un gran susto I experienced a great scare.
    9 to show in (llevar adentro).
    el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living room
    10 to show (Cine).
    11 to spend (time).
    pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome
    ¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday?, where are you going to spend your holidays?
    Yo paso las horas cantando I pass the hours away singing (spend the time...)
    12 to pop in (ir un momento).
    pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place
    13 to happen.
    ¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?
    ¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may
    Algo pasó Something happened=came to pass.
    14 to be over.
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now
    pasó la Navidad Christmas is over
    Pasé muy feliz en la fiesta I was very happy at the party.
    15 to be all right, to be usable.
    puede pasar it'll do
    16 to go away.
    Pasó el mal tiempo the bad weather went away.
    17 to come in, to step in.
    El policía pasó The policeman came in.
    18 to happen to, to occur to.
    Me pasó algo cómico Something funny happened to me..
    19 to keep on, to keep, to carry on.
    Ella pasa bailando todo el tiempo She keeps on dancing all the time.
    20 to skip, to pass.
    Pase ese capítulo Skip that chapter,.
    21 to blow over, to blow itself out, to calm down.
    La tormenta pasó The storm blew over.
    * * *
    1 (ir) to pass, pass by, go
    2 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    ■ ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    3 (entrar) to come in, go in
    ■ pasa, está abierto come in, it's not locked
    4 (cesar) to pass, cease
    ■ si no se te pasa el dolor, llámame if the pain doesn't go away, call me
    ■ tranquila, que ya ha pasado todo don't worry, it's all over now
    5 (límite) to exceed (de, -)
    6 (ocurrir) to happen
    7 (sufrir) to suffer
    1 (trasladar) to move, transfer
    2 (comunicar, dar) to give
    3 (cruzar) to cross
    4 (alcanzar) to pass, reach
    ■ pásame la sal, por favor pass me the salt, please
    5 (aventajar) to surpass, be better than
    6 (adelantar) to overtake
    7 (deslizar) to run
    8 (tolerar) to overlook
    ■ esta vez te la paso, pero que no se repita I'll overlook it this time, but don't let it happen again
    9 (aprobar) to pass
    10 (proyectar) to show
    11 (tiempo - estar) to spend; (- disfrutar, padecer) to have
    1 (desertar) to pass over (a, to)
    2 (pudrirse) to go off
    3 (olvidarse) to forget
    4 (ir) to go by ( por, -), call in ( por, at)
    5 familiar (excederse) to overdo it; (ir demasiado lejos) to go too far (de, -)
    \
    pasar de algo familiar not to be bothered about something
    ■ pasa de todo he couldn't care less about anything, he doesn't give a damn about anything
    pasar de largo to go past
    pasar la página to turn the page
    pasar por to pass for
    pasar por alto to ignore
    pasar por encima de alguien to go over somebody's head
    pasarlo bien to have a good time
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's wrong?
    pasar sin to do without
    pasarse de la raya to go too far, overstep the mark
    * * *
    verb
    2) pass
    3) come in, enter
    6) give
    7) undergo, suffer
    8) omit
    •
    - pasar por alto
    - pasarlo bien
    - pasarlo mal
    - pasarse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones pasar lista, pasar de moda, pasar desapercibido, pasarse de rosca etc, ver la otra entrada
    1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) (=ocurrir)
    a) [suceso] to happen

    ¿qué pasó? — what happened?

    ¿pasa algo? — is anything up?, is anything wrong?, is anything the matter?

    siempre pasa igual {o} lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿qué pasa? — what's happening?, what's going on?, what's up?; [como saludo] how's things? *

    ¿qué pasa que no entra? — why doesn't she come in?

    ¿qué pasa contigo? — what's up with you?; [como saludo] * how's it going? *

    ¿qué ha pasado con ella? — what's become of her?

    • [lo que] pasa es que... — well, you see..., the thing is that...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    b)

    pasarle a algn: nunca me pasa nada — nothing ever happens to me

    siempre me pasa lo mismo, lo pierdo todo — it's always the same, I keep losing things

    tuvo un accidente, pero por suerte no le pasó nada — he had an accident, but fortunately he wasn't hurt

    esto te pasa por no hacerme caso — this is what comes of not listening to me, this wouldn't have happened (to you) if you'd listened to me

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter?

    ¿qué le pasa a ese? — what's the matter with him?

    2) (=cambiar de lugar)
    a) [objeto]

    • la foto fue pasando de mano en [mano] — the photo was passed around

    b) [persona] to go
    3) (=entrar)

    ¡pase! — come in!; [cediendo el paso] after you!

    no se puede pasar — you can't go through, you can't go in

    • [hacer] pasar a algn — to show sb in

    4) (=transitar)

    ¿a qué hora pasa el cartero? — what time does the postman come?

    ya ha pasado el tren de las cinco — (=sin hacer parada) the five o'clock train has already gone by; (=haciendo parada) the five o'clock train has already been and gone

    ¿ha pasado ya el camión de la basura? — have the dustmen been?

    • pasar [de largo] — to go {o} pass by

    • pasar [por], el autobús pasa por delante de nuestra casa — the bus goes past our house

    5) (=acercarse a)

    • tengo que pasar [por] el banco — I've got to go to the bank

    pasaré por la tienda mañana — I'll go {o} pop into the shop tomorrow

    pasar a ({+ infin})
    6) (=cambiar de situación) to go

    • pasar a [ser] — to become

    7) (=transcurrir) [tiempo] to pass, go by

    han pasado cuatro años — four years have passed {o} gone by

    el tiempo pasa deprisa — time passes {o} goes so quickly

    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! — how time flies!

    8) (=acabar) [problema, situación] to be over; [efectos] to wear off
    9) (=aceptarse)

    puede pasar — it's passable, it's OK

    que me llames carroza, pase, pero fascista, no — you can call me an old fuddy-duddy if you like, but not a fascist

    a) (=atravesar, caber) to go through

    el río pasa por la ciudad — the river flows {o} goes through the city

    b) (=depender de) to depend on

    el futuro de la empresa pasa por este acuerdo — the company's future depends on {o} hangs on this agreement

    c) (=ser considerado) to pass as

    • [hacerse] pasar por — to pass o.s. off as

    11) [otras formas preposicionales]
    pasar a ({+ infin}) (=empezar) pasar de (=exceder)

    no pasan de 60 los que lo tienen — those who have it do not number more than 60, fewer than 60 people have it

    • yo de [ahí] no paso — that's as far as I'm prepared to go

    • de [ésta] no pasa — this is the very last time

    • de [hoy] no pasa que le escriba — I'll write to him this very day

    pasar sin

    tendrá que pasar sin coche — he'll have to get by {o} manage without a car

    12) (Naipes) to pass
    13) esp Esp
    * (=mostrarse indiferente)

    • pasar [de] algo/algn, yo paso de política — I'm not into politics

    paso de ti, chaval — I couldn't care less about you, pal

    2. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=dar, entregar) [gen] to pass; [en una serie] to pass on

    ¿me pasas la sal, por favor? — could you pass (me) the salt, please?

    le pasó el sobre — he handed {o} passed her the envelope

    2) (=traspasar) [+ río, frontera] to cross; [+ límite] to go beyond
    3) (=llevar)
    4) (=hacer atravesar)
    5) (=colar) to strain
    6) (=introducir) [+ moneda falsa] to pass (off); [+ contrabando] to smuggle
    7) (=hacer deslizar)

    pasar la aspiradora por la alfombra — to vacuum the carpet, run the vacuum cleaner over the carpet

    8) (=deslizar) to slip

    le pasó el brazo por los hombros/la cintura — she slipped {o} put her arm around his shoulders/waist

    9) (=contagiar) to give
    10) (=volver) [+ página] to turn
    11) (=escribir)

    • pasar algo a [limpio] — to make a neat {o} fair {o} clean copy of sth

    • pasar algo a [máquina] — to type sth up

    12) (=tragar) (lit) to swallow; (fig) to bear, stand

    no puedo pasar esta pastilla — I can't swallow this pill, I can't get this pill down

    no puedo pasar a ese hombre — I can't bear {o} stand that man

    13) (=tolerar)
    14) (=aprobar) [+ examen] to pass
    15) (=proyectar) [+ película, programa] to show, screen
    16) (=poner en contacto)

    te paso con Pedro — [al mismo teléfono] I'll put you on to Pedro; [a distinto teléfono] I'll put you through to Pedro

    17) (=realizar)

    • pasa [consulta] {o} [visita] a unas 700 personas diarias — he sees 700 patients a day

    revista 3)
    18) (=superar)
    19) (Aut) to pass, overtake
    20) (=omitir)

    • pasar algo por [alto] — to overlook sth

    21) [+ tiempo] to spend
    pasarlo ({+ adv})

    ¡que lo pases bien! — have a good time!, enjoy yourself!

    22) (=dejar atrás)

    hemos pasado el aniversario — the anniversary has passed, the anniversary is behind us

    ya hemos pasado lo peor — we're over the worst now, the worst is behind us now

    23) (=sufrir)
    24) Cono Sur * (=engañar) to cheat, swindle
    3.
    See:
    PASAR En expresiones temporales ► Se traduce por spend cuando pasar tiene un uso transitivo y queremos indicar un período de tiempo concreto, seguido de la actividad que en ese tiempo se desarrolla, o del lugar: Me pasé la tarde escribiendo cartas I spent the evening writing letters Ha pasado toda su vida en el campo He has spent his whole life in the country ► En cambio, cuando se describe la forma en que se pasa el tiempo mediante un adjetivo, se debe emplear en inglés la construcción have + (a) + ((adjetivo)) + ((sustantivo)): Pasamos una tarde entretenida We had a lovely afternoon Pasamos un rato estupendo jugando al squash We had a fantastic time playing squash la expresión pasar el rato se traduce por pass the time: No sé qué hacer para pasar el rato I don't know what to do to pass the time ► Cuando el uso es intransitivo, pasar se traduce por pass {o} go by. A medida que pasaba el tiempo se deprimía cada vez más As time passed o went by, he became more and more depressed Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past

    no ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past

    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?

    pasar de largo — to go right o straight past

    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami

    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?

    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?

    pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...

    ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind

    pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them

    c) ( atravesar) to cross

    pasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other

    d) (caber, entrar)
    2)
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to pass

    una tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation

    b) ( comunicar)

    te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier

    pase, por favor — please, do come in

    que pase el siguiente! — next, please!

    no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!

    ¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?

    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?

    4)
    a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)

    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place

    ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third

    pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...

    pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news

    b) (Educ) to pass

    ¿pasaste? — did you pass?

    pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

    no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do

    pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here

    pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't

    b) (Esp) ( implicar)
    7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to pass

    pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come

    8) ( cesar) crisis/mal momento to be over; efecto to wear off; dolor to go away
    9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get by

    sin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity

    10) ( suceder) to happen

    lo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?

    ...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing

    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?

    ¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)

    hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)

    son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?

    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?

    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?

    por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him

    pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something

    12)
    a) (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    b) (fam) ( rechazando algo)

    ¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss

    paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)

    que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem

    paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)

    2.
    pasar vt
    1)
    b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smuggle
    2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show
    3)
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go past
    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    pasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something

    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father

    4) <examen/prueba> to pass
    5) <página/hoja> to turn
    6) (fam) ( tolerar)

    a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)

    pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit

    tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again

    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?

    8) (entregar, hacer llegar)

    ¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?

    9) <gripe/resfriado> to give

    me lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me

    10)
    a) < tiempo> to spend
    11)
    a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer

    pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold

    b)

    pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?

    3.
    1) pasarse v pron
    2) ( cambiarse)
    3)

    nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this

    b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too far
    c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)
    4)
    a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked
    5)
    a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)

    el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)

    6) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse)
    7) (enf) ( estar)

    se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b

    8) (enf) (fam) (ir)

    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?

    9) (refl)
    * * *
    = hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.
    Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.
    Ex. Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex. The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.
    Ex. If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    Ex. Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.
    Ex. The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.
    Ex. Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex. Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.
    Ex. Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.
    Ex. The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.
    Ex. At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.
    Ex. Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex. He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.
    Ex. If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.
    Ex. I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex. Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.
    Ex. Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex. The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.
    Ex. But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    Ex. Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.
    Ex. During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.
    Ex. Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.
    Ex. We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex. A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.
    ----
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * pasando a = moving on to.
    * pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.
    * pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.
    * pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.
    * pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.
    * pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.
    * pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.
    * pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar al olvido = blow over.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.
    * pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.
    * pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.
    * pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.
    * pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pasar casi rozando = skim.
    * pasar como una bala = whiz.
    * pasar de = get beyond.
    * pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....
    * pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.
    * pasar de contrabando = smuggle.
    * pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.
    * pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].
    * pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.
    * pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.
    * pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.
    * pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).
    * pasar el rato = hang out.
    * pasar el rato con = kick + it with.
    * pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.
    * pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.
    * pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.
    * pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.
    * pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.
    * pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.
    * pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.
    * pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * pasar la página = turn over + page.
    * pasar la pantalla = scroll.
    * pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar las vacaciones = vacation.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.
    * pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.
    * pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar por aquí = come by.
    * pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por la mitad de = cut through.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.
    * pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.
    * pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.
    * pasar rápidamente a = snap to.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.
    * pasar revista = review.
    * pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.
    * pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.
    * pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.
    * pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.
    * pasarse con = act + fresh with.
    * pasar sed = go + thirsty.
    * pasarse de = overstep.
    * pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.
    * pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.
    * pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.
    * pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.
    * pasar sin comodidades = rough it.
    * pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.
    * pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * pasar una crisis = face + crisis.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.
    * pasar un rato = say + hi.
    * pasar zumbando = whiz.
    * pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.
    * sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1)
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past

    no ha pasado ni un taxi — not one taxi has come/gone past

    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? — what time does the milkman come?

    pasar de largo — to go right o straight past

    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami — it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami

    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? — does this bus go past the museum?

    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? — does the number 45 come this way?

    pasaba por aquí y... — I was just passing by o I was in the area and...

    ni me pasó por la imaginación — it didn't even occur to me, it didn't even cross my mind

    pasar POR algo: ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?; pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier; pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?; pasar A + INF: puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow; pasaremos a verlos — we'll call in o drop in and see them

    c) ( atravesar) to cross

    pasar de un lado a otro — to go o cross from one side to the other

    d) (caber, entrar)
    2)
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) corona/título to pass

    una tradición que pasa de padres a hijos — a tradition that is handed o passed down from generation to generation

    b) ( comunicar)

    te paso con Javier — ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier

    pase, por favor — please, do come in

    que pase el siguiente! — next, please!

    no pasarán! — (fr hecha) they shall not pass!

    ¿puedo pasar al baño? — may I use the bathroom please?

    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? — (AmL) who's going to come up to the blackboard?

    4)
    a) (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema)

    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar — she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place

    ahora pasa a tercera — (Auto) now change into third

    pasando a otra cosa... — anyway, to change the subject...

    pasamos a informar de otras noticias — now, the rest of the news

    b) (Educ) to pass

    ¿pasaste? — did you pass?

    pasar de curso — to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams

    no está perfecto, pero puede pasar — it's not perfect, but it'll do

    pasar DE algo: no pases de 100 don't go over 100; no pasó de un desacuerdo it was nothing more than a disagreement; está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day; no pasa de los 30 he's not more than 30; no pasamos de nueve empleados — they're only nine of us working there/here

    pasa por tonto, pero no lo es — he might look stupid, but he isn't

    b) (Esp) ( implicar)
    7) ( transcurrir) tiempo to pass

    pasaban las horas y no llegaba — the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come

    8) ( cesar) crisis/mal momento to be over; efecto to wear off; dolor to go away
    9) ( arreglárselas) to manage, get by

    sin electricidad podemos pasar — we can manage o get by without electricity

    10) ( suceder) to happen

    lo que pasa es que... — the thing o the problem is...

    pase lo que pase — whatever happens, come what may

    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? — what happened about the watch?

    ...y aquí no ha pasado nada —...and let's just forget the whole thing

    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo — it's always the same

    ¿pasa algo? — is something the matter?

    ¿qué pasa? — what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq)

    hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? — (fam) hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? (colloq)

    son cosas que pasan — these things happen; (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿qué te pasa? — what's the matter with you?

    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? — what happened to your eye?

    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? — what's wrong with the TV?

    por suerte a él no le pasó nada — fortunately, nothing happened to him

    pasar POR algo — por crisis/mala racha to go through something

    12)
    a) (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    b) (fam) ( rechazando algo)

    ¿vas a tomar postre? - no, yo paso — are you going to have a dessert? - no, I think I'll give it a miss

    paso de salir, estoy muy cansada — I don't feel like going out, I'm very tired (colloq)

    que se las arreglen, yo paso — they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem

    paso de él — (esp Esp) I don't give a damn o I couldn't care less what he does (colloq)

    2.
    pasar vt
    1)
    b) ( por la aduana -legalmente) to take through; (- ilegalmente) to smuggle
    2) (exhibir, mostrar) <película/anuncio> to show
    3)
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) < frontera> to cross; <pueblo/ciudad> to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) <edificio/calle> to go past
    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    pasar A algo — to overtake something, to get past something

    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre — he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father

    4) <examen/prueba> to pass
    5) <página/hoja> to turn
    6) (fam) ( tolerar)

    a ese tipo no lo paso — I can't stand o take that guy (colloq)

    pasar por alto — <falta/error> to overlook, forget about; tema/punto to leave out, omit

    tendré que pasar la carta — I'll have to write o copy the letter out again

    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? — could you type this for me?

    8) (entregar, hacer llegar)

    ¿me pasas el martillo? — can you pass me the hammer?

    9) <gripe/resfriado> to give

    me lo pasó a mí — he gave it to me, he passed it on to me

    10)
    a) < tiempo> to spend
    11)
    a) (sufrir, padecer) penalidades/desgracias to go through, to suffer

    pasé mucho miedo/frío — I was very frightened/cold

    b)

    pasarlo or pasarla bien — to have a good time

    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? — did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?

    3.
    1) pasarse v pron
    2) ( cambiarse)
    3)

    nos pasamos, el banco está más arriba — we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this

    b) (fam) ( excederse) to go too far
    c) (CS fam) ( lucirse)
    4)
    a) peras/tomates to go bad, get overripe; carne/pescado to go off, go bad; leche to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse): arroz/pasta to get overcooked
    5)
    a) ( desaparecer) efecto to wear off; dolor to go away; (+ me/te/le etc)

    el año se ha pasado muy rápido — this year has gone very quickly; (+ me/te/le etc)

    6) (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse)
    7) (enf) ( estar)

    se pasó el domingo durmiendo — he spent the whole of Sunday evening sleeping; ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1b y 2b

    8) (enf) (fam) (ir)

    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? — could you go down to the market?

    9) (refl)
    * * *
    = hand (over), pass, pass by, pass on, transfer, transmit, turn over + page, hand on, spend, transpire, pass out, turn over, slide over, pass along, get through, can't/couldn't be bothered, go + past, pass down, roll on, pass out, blow over, make + the cut, wear off, hand down.

    Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.

    Ex: Examination reveals positions on the cards where the light passes through all the cards in a stack.
    Ex: The days of needing to change into carpet slippers before going to such an area have thankfully passed by.
    Ex: If ignored, the problems are only passed on to all the users of the catalog: the public, the reference department, the acquisitions department, and naturally the cataloging department.
    Ex: Scope notes, on the order hand, may be present in a thesaurus but are unlikely to be transferred to an index.
    Ex: The system permits the requester to specify up to five potential lending libraries, and the system transmits the requests to these libraries one at a time.
    Ex: Turn over the page and you will find suggested analyses against which you can check your solution.
    Ex: Some experts have expressed grave doubts about the durability of contemporary literary and artistic works on paper and hence the possibility of handing on works of culture to future generations.
    Ex: Any funeral scene in a story inevitably conjures in myself memories of my childhood spent as the son of an undertaker.
    Ex: The 2nd is the fact that most information seeking transpires with little help from librarians, who have consistently failed to establish themselves as primary information professionals.
    Ex: At the Closing Session Danish flags were suddenly produced and passed out among the crowd who began waving them enthusiastically.
    Ex: Then he picked up about 2 cm. of type from the right-hand end of the uppermost line (i.e. the last word or two of the last line) with the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, read it, and dropped the pieces of type one by one into their proper boxes, turning over the old house.
    Ex: He had greeted her courteously, as was his wont, and had inquired if she minded his smoking; she told him to go ahead and slid over an ashtray.
    Ex: If the head of reference services does not pass along the information to the staff the reference librarians, by being uninformed, will undoubtedly not make as good an impression on the important city managers.
    Ex: I think that the so-called average person often exhibits a great deal of heroism in getting through an ordinary day.
    Ex: Consider for example, a teacher who doesn't change his password (ever!) or can't be bothered to log out, all the firewalls and antivirus programs in the world will not protect a school's network.
    Ex: Unfortunately, its conclusions are completely pedestrian, rarely going past the fact that there were old people in England in the late Middle Ages.
    Ex: The knowledge that has been passed down from generation to generation by sentient beings on this planet for aeons and aeons is quite impossible to fully comprehend.
    Ex: But to make matters worse, and as the drought rolls on, it is very likely that it won't rain again until October or November.
    Ex: Put a set of premises into such a device and turn the crank, and it will readily pass out conclusion after conclusion.
    Ex: During the bulk of that time, your liberal leaders grandly sat, waiting for various things to blow over.
    Ex: Naturally, the recruiters whose people were not chosen for the job wanted feedback as to why their candidates did not make the cut.
    Ex: We're all familiar with the idea of novelty value and how it wears off with time.
    Ex: A hunting guide while still in his teens, he learned his woodcraft first hand, absorbing lore handed down to him from his father.
    * a medida que pasaba el tiempo = as time passed (by), as time went by.
    * a medida que pasa el tiempo = as time goes by, as time passes (by).
    * a medida que pasa + Expresión Temporal = as + Expresión Temporal + go by.
    * a medida que + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * a medida que + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * ayudar a pasar por = get + Nombre + through.
    * cada día que pasa = each passing day.
    * conforme + pasar + el año = as the year + wear on.
    * conforme + pasar + el día = as the day + wear on.
    * dejar pasar = pass up, forego [forgo], let through.
    * dejar pasar a Alguien = let + Alguien + by.
    * dejar pasar Algo = put + Nombre + behind.
    * dejar pasar una oportunidad = forego + opportunity, miss + opportunity, pass up + opportunity, miss + chance.
    * desde..., pasando por..., hasta... = from..., through..., to....
    * día que pasa = passing day.
    * esa época ya pasó hace tiempo = that time is long past.
    * haber pasado por aquí antes = have been down this road before.
    * hacer a Alguien pasar vergüenza = embarrass.
    * hacer que Alguien las pase canutas = give + Nombre + a run for + Posesivo + money.
    * hacérselas pasar canutas a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacérselas pasarlas canutas a Alguien = push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * hacérselas pasar negras a Alguien = have + Nombre + jump through the hoops.
    * hacerse pasar por = masquerade as, impersonate.
    * las cosas no pasan así como así = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas no pasan así porque sí = everything happens for a reason (and a purpose).
    * las cosas sólo pasan una vez = lightning never strikes twice.
    * lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.
    * lugar donde pasar el rato = hang out.
    * no dejar pasar = keep out.
    * no dejar pasar la oportunidad = ride + the wave.
    * no pasar mucho tiempo antes de que + Subjuntivo = be not long before + Indicativo.
    * pasando a = moving on to.
    * pasar a = go on to, move on to, proceed to, shunt into, switch over, switch to, step onto, spill over into.
    * pasar a Alguien lo mismo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a Alguien lo que a = suffer + the fate of.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * pasar a la clandestinidad = go into + hiding.
    * pasar a la era de = move into + the age of.
    * pasar a la historia = history in the making, go down in + history.
    * pasar a la historia como = go down as, go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar a la página + Número = turn to + page + Número.
    * pasar a la posteridad = go down to + posterity.
    * pasar a la posteridad como = go down to + posterity as.
    * pasar Algo a Alguien = turn + Algo + over to + Alguien.
    * pasar algo inesperado = things + take a turn for the unexpected.
    * pasar algún tiempo en = have + a turn at.
    * pasar al olvido = blow over.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia = go down in + history.
    * pasar a los anales de la historia como = go down in + history as, go down in + the history books as, go down in + the annals of history as.
    * pasar al primer plano = take + centre stage.
    * pasar al siguiente año fiscal = roll over.
    * pasar al siguiente nivel = move it up + a gear, take it up + a gear, notch it up + a gear, take it up + a notch, crank it up + a notch, crank it up + a gear, move it up + a notch.
    * pasar a mejor vida = bite + the dust, give up + the ghost.
    * pasar año(s) antes de que = be year(s) before.
    * pasar a ocupar el puesto de Alguien = step into + the shoes of, stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * pasar aprietos = feel + the pinch.
    * pasar apuros = struggle, pass through + adversity, have + a thin time, be under strain, bear + hardship, be hard pressed, feel + the pinch, have + a hard time, the wolves + be + at the door, have + a tough time.
    * pasar apuros económicos = lead + a precarious existence.
    * pasar a ser = become, develop into.
    * pasar a ser el centro de atención = come into + focus, take + centre stage.
    * pasar a ser inconcebible = render + inconceivable.
    * pasar a toda velocidad = whiz.
    * pasar a una situación económica más confortable = improve + Posesivo + lot.
    * pasar a vida mejor = lay + Nombre + low.
    * pasar casi rozando = skim.
    * pasar como una bala = whiz.
    * pasar de = get beyond.
    * pasar de... a... = proceed from... to..., move from... to....
    * pasar de... a = switch from... to..., go from... to..., swing between... and..., grow from... into/to.
    * pasar de contrabando = smuggle.
    * pasar de generación en generación = pass down from + generation to generation.
    * pasar de largo = bypass [by-pass].
    * pasar de largo rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar de moda = drop out of + vogue, go out of + fashion, go out of + favour, go out of + date, go out of + vogue, fall out of + vogue, go out of + style, pass away, obsolesce, drop out of + circulation.
    * pasar desapercibido = be unnoticeable, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, be an invisible fly on the wall, go + unnoted, lie + forgotten, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar de una persona a otra = pass around.
    * pasar de uno a otro = change back and forth.
    * pasar de un sitio a otro = travel.
    * pasar dificultades = struggle, be under strain, bear + hardship, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasar el invierno = winter, overwinter.
    * pasar el mochuelo = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el muerto = pass + the bucket.
    * pasar el platillo = pass + the bucket (around).
    * pasar el rato = hang out.
    * pasar el rato con = kick + it with.
    * pasar el rato con los amigos = hang out with + Posesivo + friends.
    * pasar el relevo a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar el testigo = pass (on) + the torch, pass (on) + the baton.
    * pasar el tiempo = pass + the time, hang around, spend + Posesivo + days, hang about, hang out.
    * pasar el tiempo libre = spend + Posesivo + leisure, spend + Posesivo + leisure time.
    * pasar + Expresión Temporal = elapse + Expresión Temporal, go by + Expresión Temporal.
    * pasar hambre = suffer from + hunger, go + hungry, starve.
    * pasar hojas = page (through), turn + pages, flip + pages.
    * pasar hojas hacia atrás = page + backward.
    * pasar hojas hacia delante = page + forward.
    * pasar inadvertidamente = slip, creep + past, sneak + past.
    * pasar inadvertido = be unnoticeable, escape + notice, go + unnoticed, lie + unnoticed, remain + unnoticed, slip by + unnoticed, become + unnoticeable, go + unrecognised, go + unnoted, sneak under + the radar.
    * pasar la antorcha = hand over + the torch.
    * pasar la luna de miel = honeymoon.
    * pasar la noche = spend + the night, stay overnight.
    * pasar la página = turn over + page.
    * pasar la pantalla = scroll.
    * pasar la pelota = pass + the buck.
    * pasar la prueba = pass + muster.
    * pasarlas canutas = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time, be to hell and back.
    * pasarlas negras = jump through + hoops, have + a devil of a time.
    * pasarlas putas = jump through + hoops, be to hell and back.
    * pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.
    * pasar las vacaciones = vacation.
    * pasar llevando = take through.
    * pasarlo a lo grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo bien = have + fun, be a great time.
    * pasarlo bomba = be a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo canutas intentando Hacer Algo = have + a heck of a time + trying.
    * pasarlo en grande = have + a ball, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo genial = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasarlo mal = have + a thin time, have + a difficult time, experience + difficult times, pass through + difficult times, face + difficult times.
    * pasarlo muy mal = have + a tough time, have + a hard time.
    * pasarlo pipa = have + a whale of a time.
    * pasar los días = spend + Posesivo + days.
    * pasar miseria = the wolves + be + at the door.
    * pasar mucho tiempo antes de que = be a long time before.
    * pasar + Nombre + a = turn + Nombre + over to.
    * pasar penurias = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar poco a poco = slide into.
    * pasar por = cross, pass through, reach down, step through, go by, go through, pass for, pass across, run + Nombre + through + Nombre, make + Posesivo + way through, run through.
    * pasar por alto = bypass [by-pass], gloss over, miss, obviate, overlook, short-circuit [shortcircuit], skip over, leapfrog, pass + Nombre/Pronombre + by, flout, close + the door on, skip.
    * pasar por alto la autoridad de Alguien = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por alto rápidamente = race + past.
    * pasar por aquí = come by.
    * pasar por delante de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por el acoso de = run + the gauntlet of.
    * pasar por el infierno = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.
    * pasar por encima = pass over.
    * pasar por encima de la cabeza = go over + Posesivo + head.
    * pasar por la mitad de = cut through.
    * pasar por muchas dificultades = be to hell and back.
    * pasar por un período de = go through + a period of.
    * pasar por un proceso de = go through + a process of.
    * pasar privaciones = suffer from + deprivation.
    * pasar rápidamente = run through, sweep by, sweep, flash across.
    * pasar rápidamente a = snap to.
    * pasar rápidamente por encima de = sweep across, swing over.
    * pasar registros a disco = transfer + records + to disc.
    * pasar revista = review.
    * pasarse = come by, drop in, overshoot, step over + the edge, go + overboard, go + too far.
    * pasarse Algo por el culo = not give a shit.
    * pasarse Algo por el forro = flout.
    * pasarse Algo por la entrepierna = not give a shit.
    * pasarse con = act + fresh with.
    * pasar sed = go + thirsty.
    * pasarse de = overstep.
    * pasarse de + Adjetivo = be too + Adjetivo + by half.
    * pasarse de la raya = cross + the line.
    * pasarse del límite = overrun [over-run].
    * pasárselo bien = have + a good time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo en grande = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * pasárselo fabuloso = have + a good time, have + a great time, have + a whale of a time.
    * pasárselo la mar de bien = have + a whale of a time, have + a great time.
    * pasárselo pipa = have + a great time.
    * pasarse por = drop by, stop by, mosey.
    * pasar sin = get along without, forego [forgo], do without, live without.
    * pasar sin Alguien = spare + Nombre Personal.
    * pasar sin comodidades = rough it.
    * pasar sin ser visto = sneak + past, sneak through, sneak under + the radar, go + unnoticed.
    * pasar + Tiempo = spend + time, spend + Tiempo.
    * pasar tiempo haciendo Algo = do + stint at.
    * pasar una crisis = face + crisis.
    * pasar una prueba = endure + ordeal, pass + a test, stand up.
    * pasar una prueba de sobra = pass with + flying colours.
    * pasar una tarjeta por un lector electrónico = swipe.
    * pasar un buen rato = disport + Reflexivo.
    * pasar un cuestionario = administer + questionnaire, carry out + questionnaire.
    * pasar un rato = say + hi.
    * pasar zumbando = whiz.
    * pase lo que pase = come what may, come rain or shine, rain or shine, come hell or high water.
    * por pasar el rato = (just) for the fun of (doing) it, (just) for the hell of (doing) it.
    * ¿Qué pasa? = What's up?.
    * que pasaba = passing.
    * que pasa desapercibido = inconspicuous.
    * ¿qué pasa si... ? = what if... ?.
    * que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.
    * quien no malgasta no pasa necesidades = waste not, want not.
    * sin haber pasado por la calandria = uncalendered.
    * ¡tener + que pasar por encima de + Posesivo + cadáver! = over + Posesivo + dead body.
    * tiempo + pasar = time + march on.
    * todavía no ha pasado lo mejor = the best is yet to come.
    * tratar de pasar desapercibido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * tratar de pasar inadvertido = keep + a low profile, lie + low.
    * ver lo que pasa = take it from there/here.

    * * *
    pasar [A1 ]
    ■ pasar (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 por un lugar
    2 deteniéndose en un lugar
    3 caber, entrar
    B
    1 transmitirse, transferirse
    2 comunicar
    C entrar
    D
    1 cambiar de estado, actividad, tema
    2 Educación
    3 indicando aceptabilidad
    E exceder un límite
    F
    1 pasar por: ser tenido por
    2 pasar por: implicar
    A
    1 transcurrir
    2 terminar
    B arreglárselas
    Sentido III ocurrir, suceder
    A
    1 en naipes, juegos
    2 rechazando una invitación
    B expresando indiferencia
    ■ pasar (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 hacer atravesar
    2 pasar por la aduana
    3 hacer recorrer
    B exhibir, mostrar
    C
    1 cruzar, atravesar
    2 adelantar, sobrepasar
    D aprobar: examen
    E dar la vuelta a
    F tolerar, admitir
    G transcribir
    H engañar
    A entregar, hacer llegar
    B contagiar
    A pasar: tiempo, día etc
    B
    1 sufrir, padecer
    2 pasarlo bien/mal
    ■ pasarse (verbo pronominal)
    A cambiarse
    B
    1 ir demasiado lejos
    2 excederse
    3 lucirse
    C
    1 pasarse: comestibles
    2 Cocina
    A desaparecer
    B «tiempo»
    C olvidarse
    A enfático: con idea de continuidad
    B enfático: ir
    C reflexivo
    vi
    A
    1 (por un lugar) to come/go past
    no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone by o come/gone past
    pasó un coche a toda velocidad a car passed at top speed, a car came/went past at top speed, a car shot o sped past
    ¿a qué hora pasa el lechero? what time does the milkman come?
    no aparques aquí, que no pueden pasar otros coches don't park here, other cars won't be able to get past
    no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through
    no dejes pasar esta oportunidad don't miss this chance
    pasar de largo to go right o straight past
    el autobús venía completo y pasó de largo the bus was full and didn't stop o went right o straight past without stopping
    pasó de largo sin siquiera saludar she went right o straight past o ( colloq) she sailed past without even saying hello
    pasar POR algo to go THROUGH sth
    al pasar por la aduana when you go through customs
    prefiero no pasar por el centro I'd rather not go through the city center
    el Tajo pasa por Aranjuez the Tagus flows through Aranjuez
    hay un vuelo directo, no hace falta pasar por Miami there's a direct flight so you don't have to go via Miami
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?
    ¿el 45 pasa por aquí? does the number 45 come this way/stop here?
    pasamos justo por delante de su casa we went right past her house
    pasaba por aquí y se me ocurrió hacerte una visita I was just passing by o I was in the area and I thought I'd drop in and see you
    ni me pasó por la imaginación que fuese a hacerlo it didn't even occur to me o it didn't even cross my mind that she would do it
    el país está pasando por momentos difíciles these are difficult times for the country
    ¿podríamos pasar por el supermercado? can we stop off at the supermarket?
    de camino tengo que pasar por la oficina I have to drop in at o stop by the office on the way
    pase usted por caja please go over to the cashier
    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?
    pasar A + INF:
    puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow
    pasaremos a verlos de camino a casa we'll drop by o stop by and see them on the way home, we'll call in o drop in and see them on the way home
    3
    (caber, entrar): no creo que pase por la puerta, es demasiado ancho I don't think it'll go through o I don't think we'll get it through the door, it's too wide
    esta camiseta no me pasa por la cabeza I can't get this T-shirt over my head
    B
    1
    (transmitirse, transferirse): la humedad ha pasado a la habitación de al lado the damp has gone through to the room next door
    el título pasa al hijo mayor the title passes o goes to the eldest son
    la carta ha ido pasando de mano en mano the letter has been passed around (to everyone)
    2
    (comunicar): te paso con Javier (en el mismo teléfono) I'll let you speak to Javier, I'll hand o pass you over to Javier; (en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    C (entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in; (— alejándose del hablante) to go in
    pasa, no te quedes en la puerta come (on) in, don't stand there in the doorway
    ¿se puede? — pase may I come in? — yes, please do
    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!
    ha llegado el señor Díaz — hágalo pasar Mr Díaz is here — show him in please
    ¡no pasarán! ( fr hecha); they shall not pass!
    pueden pasar al comedor you may go through into the dining room
    ¿puedo pasar al baño? may I use the bathroom please?
    ¿quién quiere pasar al pizarrón? ( AmL); who's going to come up to the blackboard?
    D
    1 (cambiar de estado, actividad, tema) pasar ( DE algo) A algo:
    en poco tiempo ha pasado del anonimato a la fama in a very short space of time she's gone o shot from obscurity to fame
    pasó del quinto al séptimo lugar she went o dropped from fifth to seventh place
    ahora pasa a tercera ( Auto) now change into third
    pasa a la página 98 continued on page 98
    pasando a otra cosa … anyway, to change the subject …
    pasar A + INF:
    el equipo pasa a ocupar el primer puesto the team moves into first place
    pasó a formar parte del equipo en julio she joined the team in July
    más tarde pasó a tratar la cuestión de los impuestos later he went on to deal with the question of taxes
    Daniel ya pasa a tercero Daniel will be starting third grade next semester ( AmE), Daniel will be going into the third year next term ( BrE)
    si pasas de curso te compro una bicicleta if you get through o pass your end-of-year exams, I'll buy you a bicycle
    3
    (indicando aceptabilidad): no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do
    por esta vez (que) pase, pero que no se repita I'll let it pass o go this time, but don't let it happen again
    E (exceder un límite) pasar DE algo:
    no pases de 100 don't go over 100
    fue un pequeño desacuerdo pero no pasó de eso it was nothing more than a slight disagreement, we/they had a slight disagreement, but it was nothing more than that
    estuvo muy cortés conmigo pero no pasó de eso he was very polite, but no more
    tengo que escribirle, de hoy no pasa I must write to him today without fail
    está muy grave, no creo que pase de hoy he's very ill, I don't think he'll last another day
    yo diría que no pasa de los 30 I wouldn't say he was more than 30
    al principio no pasábamos de nueve empleados there were only nine of us working there/here at the beginning
    no pasan de ser palabras vacías they are still nothing but empty words o still only empty words
    1
    (ser tenido por): pasa por tonto, pero no lo es he might look stupid, but he isn't
    podrían pasar por hermanas they could pass for sisters
    se hacía pasar por médico he passed himself off as a doctor
    se hizo pasar por mi padre he pretended to be my father
    2 (implicar) to lie in
    la solución pasa por la racionalización de la industria the solution lies in the rationalization of the industry
    A «tiempo»
    1
    (transcurrir): ya han pasado dos horas y aún no ha vuelto it's been two hours now and she still hasn't come back
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    por ti no pasan los años you look as young as ever
    pasaban las horas y no llegaba the hours went by o passed and still he didn't come
    2
    (terminar): menos mal que el invierno ya ha pasado thank goodness winter's over
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now
    no llores, ya pasó don't cry, it's all right now o it's all over now
    B
    (arreglárselas): ¿compro más o podemos pasar con esto? shall I buy some more or can we get by on o make do with this?
    sin electricidad podemos pasar, pero sin agua no we can manage o do without electricity but not without water
    Sentido III (ocurrir, suceder) to happen
    déjame que te cuente lo que pasó let me tell you what happened
    claro que me gustaría ir, lo que pasa es que estoy cansada of course I'd like to go, only I'm really tired o it's just that I'm really tired
    lo que pasa es que el jueves no voy a estar the thing is o the problem is I won't be here on Thursday
    iré pase lo que pase I'm going whatever happens o come what may
    ¿qué pasó con lo del reloj? what happened about the watch?
    ahora se dan la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada now just shake hands and let's forget the whole thing
    en este pueblo nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens in this town
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same
    ¿qué pasa? ¿por qué estás tan serio? what's up o what's the matter? why are you looking so serious?
    se lo dije yo ¿pasa algo? I told him, what of it o what's it to you? ( colloq), I told him, do you have a problem with that? ( colloq)
    ¡hola, Carlos! ¿qué pasa? ( fam); hi, Carlos! how's things o how's it going? ( colloq)
    no te hagas mala sangre, son cosas que pasan don't get upset about it, these things happen
    (+ me/te/le etc): ¿qué te ha pasado en el ojo? what have you done to your eye?, what's happened to your eye?
    ¿qué le pasará a Ricardo que tiene tan mala cara? I wonder what's up with o what's the matter with Ricardo? he looks terrible ( colloq)
    ¿qué te pasa que estás tan callado? why are you so quiet?
    ¿qué le pasa a la lavadora que no centrifuga? why isn't the washing machine spinning?
    no sé qué me pasa I don't know what's wrong o what's the matter with me
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody
    el coche quedó destrozado pero a él no le pasó nada the car was wrecked but he escaped unhurt
    A
    1 (en naipes, juegos) to pass
    paso, no tengo tréboles pass o I can't go, I don't have any clubs
    2 ( fam)
    (rechazando una invitación, una oportunidad): tómate otra — no, gracias, esta vez paso have another one — no thanks, I'll skip this one o I'll pass on this round ( colloq)
    ¿vas a tomar postre? — no, yo paso are you going to have a dessert? — no, I think I'll give it a miss o no, I couldn't
    pasar DE algo:
    esta noche paso de salir, estoy muy cansada I don't feel like going out tonight, I'm very tired ( colloq)
    B ( fam)
    (expresando indiferencia): que se las arreglen, yo paso they can sort it out themselves, it's not my problem o I don't want anything to do with it
    pasar DE algo:
    pasa ampliamente de lo que diga la gente she couldn't give a damn about o she couldn't care less what people say ( colloq)
    paso mucho de política I couldn't give a damn about politics ( colloq)
    ( esp Esp): paso de él I don't give a damn what he does/what happens to him ( colloq)
    mis padres pasan de mí my parents couldn't care less what I do/what happens to me
    ■ pasar
    vt
    A
    1 (hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo:
    pasar la salsa por un tamiz put the sauce through a sieve, sieve the sauce
    pasé la piña por la licuadora I put the pineapple through the blender, I liquidized o blended the pineapple
    pasa el cordón por este agujero thread the shoelace through this hole
    2
    (por la aduana): ¿cuántas botellas de vino se puede pasar? how many bottles of wine are you allowed to take through?
    los pillaron intentando pasar armas they were caught trying to smuggle o bring in arms
    3
    (hacer recorrer): pasé la aspiradora por el cuarto I vacuumed o ( BrE) tb hoovered the room
    ven aquí, que te voy a pasar un peine come here and let me give your hair a quick comb o let me put a comb through your hair
    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe, wipe the floor down
    pasarlo primero por harina first dip it in flour
    a esto hay que pasarle una plancha this needs a quick iron o ( colloq) a quick once-over o run over with the iron
    B (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    las chicas que pasaron los modelos the girls who modeled the dresses
    C
    1 (cruzar, atravesar) ‹frontera› to cross
    pasaron el río a nado they swam across the river
    esa calle la pasamos hace rato we went past o we passed that street a while back
    ¿ya hemos pasado Flores? have we been through Flores yet?
    2 (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake
    a ver si podemos pasar a este camión why don't we overtake o get past o pass this truck?
    está altísimo, ya pasa a su padre he's really tall, he's already overtaken his father
    D (aprobar) ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    E (dar la vuelta a) ‹página/hoja› to turn
    F ( fam)
    (tolerar, admitir): esto no te lo paso I'm not letting you get away with this
    el profesor no te deja pasar ni una the teacher doesn't let you get away with anything
    a ese tipo no lo paso or no lo puedo pasar I can't stand o take that guy ( colloq)
    yo el Roquefort no lo paso I can't stand Roquefort, I hate Roquefort
    no podía pasar aquella sopa grasienta I couldn't stomach o eat that greasy soup
    pasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook, forget about; (olvidar, omitir) to forget, leave out, omit, overlook
    G
    (transcribir): tendré que pasar la carta I'll have to write o copy the letter out again
    ¿me pasas esto a máquina? could you type this for me?
    limpio1 adj A 3. (↑ limpio (1))
    H ( AmL) (engañar) to put one over on ( colloq)
    se cree que me va a pasar a mí he thinks he can put one over on me
    A
    (entregar, hacer llegar): cuando termines el libro, pásaselo a Miguel when you finish the book, pass it on to Miguel
    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    ¿han pasado ya la factura? have they sent the bill yet?, have they billed you/us yet?
    le pasó el balón a Gómez he passed the ball to Gómez
    el padre le pasa una mensualidad she gets a monthly allowance from her father, her father gives her a monthly allowance
    B (contagiar) ‹gripe/resfriado› to give
    se lo pasé a toda la familia I gave it to o passed it on to the whole family
    A ‹tiempo› to spend
    vamos a pasar las Navidades en casa we are going to spend Christmas at home
    fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the day
    B
    1
    (sufrir, padecer): pasaron muchas penalidades they went through o suffered a lot of hardship
    pasé mucho miedo I was very frightened
    ¿pasaste frío anoche? were you cold last night?
    pasamos hambre en la posguerra we went hungry after the war
    está pasando una mala racha he's going through bad times o ( BrE) a bad patch ( colloq)
    no sabes las que pasé yo con ese hombre you've no idea what I went through with that man
    2
    pasarlo or pasarla bien/mal: lo pasa muy mal con los exámenes he gets very nervous o ( colloq) gets in a real state about exams
    ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?
    Caín, negro1 (↑ negro (1)), pipa, etc
    A
    (cambiarse): pasarse al enemigo/al bando contrario to go over to the enemy/to the other side
    queremos pasarnos a la otra oficina we want to move to the other office
    B
    1
    (ir demasiado lejos): nos hemos pasado, el banco está más arriba we've gone too far, the bank isn't as far down as this
    nos pasamos de estación/parada we missed o went past our station/stop
    2 ( fam) (excederse) to go too far
    esta vez te has pasado you've gone too far this time
    no te pases que no estoy para bromas that's enough o don't push your luck ( colloq), I'm not in the mood for jokes
    se pasaron con los precios they charged exorbitant prices, the prices they charged were way over the top o way out of line ( colloq)
    se pasó con la sal he put too much salt in it, he overdid the salt ( colloq)
    pasarse DE algo:
    se pasó de listo he tried to be too clever ( colloq)
    te pasas de bueno you're too kind for your own good
    3
    (CS fam) (lucirse): ¡te pasaste! esto está riquísimo you've excelled yourself! this is really delicious ( colloq)
    se pasó con ese gol that was a fantastic goal he scored ( colloq)
    C
    1 «peras/tomates» to go bad, get overripe; «carne/pescado» to go off, go bad; «leche» to go off, go sour
    estos plátanos se están pasando these bananas are starting to go bad o to get overripe
    2 ( Cocina):
    se va a pasar el arroz the rice is going to spoil o get overcooked
    no lo dejes pasar de punto don't let it overcook
    Sentido II (+ me/te/le etc)
    A
    (desaparecer): ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now
    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down
    hasta que se le pase la fiebre until her temperature goes down
    B
    «tiempo»: sus clases se me pasan volando her classes seem to go so quickly
    se me pasaron las tres horas casi sin enterarme the three hours flew by almost without my realizing
    C
    (olvidarse): lo siento, se me pasó totalmente I'm sorry, I completely forgot o it completely slipped my mind
    se me pasó su cumpleaños I forgot his birthday
    (con idea de continuidad): se pasa meses sin ver a su mujer he goes for months at a time o he goes months without seeing his wife, he doesn't see his wife for months on end
    se pasa hablando por teléfono ( AmL); he's always on the telephone
    me pasé toda la noche estudiando I was up all night studying
    es capaz de pasarse el día entero sin probar bocado he can quite easily go the whole day without having a thing to eat
    pasárselo bien/mal, etc pasar vt Sense III B 2.
    B ( enfático) ( fam)
    (ir): pásate por casa y te la presento come round and I'll introduce you to her ( colloq)
    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?, could you pop o nip down to the market? ( BrE colloq)
    C ( reflexivo):
    se pasó la mano por el pelo he ran his fingers through his hair
    ni siquiera tuve tiempo de pasarme un peine I didn't even have time to run a comb through my hair o ( BrE) to give my hair a comb
    * * *

     

    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían pasar the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan pasar a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    pasar de largo to go right o straight past;
    pasar por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos pasar por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede pasar a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ pasar de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga pasar al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ pasar de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede pasar it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasaron muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) pasar sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) pasar algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasarle una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ pasar por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a pasar el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasarte por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    ' pasar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achicharrarse
    - ahorrar
    - amarga
    - amargo
    - aro
    - blanca
    - blanco
    - bondad
    - cabalgata
    - cadáver
    - calor
    - cocerse
    - colar
    - desapercibida
    - desapercibido
    - desfilar
    - deslizar
    - entretenerse
    - historia
    - inadvertida
    - inadvertido
    - inri
    - mayor
    - meneo
    - noche
    - penalidad
    - posibilidad
    - privación
    - rato
    - relámpago
    - revista
    - rozar
    - salvar
    - suceder
    - superar
    - suplantar
    - suprimir
    - tamiz
    - tener
    - tesorería
    - tirarse
    - torniquete
    - trago
    - verter
    - vestidura
    - vicaría
    - vida
    - vivir
    - adiós
    - alcanzar
    English:
    ask in
    - bootleg
    - bring in
    - brush
    - buck
    - by
    - call
    - clamber
    - clear
    - come
    - come by
    - come on to
    - decide on
    - discount
    - do without
    - drag
    - dread
    - drive-through
    - elapse
    - embarrassment
    - envisage
    - envision
    - fashion
    - fill in
    - fly
    - fore
    - gallop past
    - get by
    - get on to
    - get onto
    - get past
    - get through
    - gloss over
    - go
    - go along
    - go by
    - go on
    - go out
    - go through
    - go under
    - graze
    - hand on
    - hang out
    - happen
    - have
    - hibernate
    - hideous
    - holiday
    - Hoover
    - hungry
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [dar, transmitir] to pass;
    [noticia, aviso] to pass on;
    ¿me pasas la sal? would you pass me the salt?;
    pásame toda la información que tengas give me o let me have all the information you've got;
    no se preocupe, yo le paso el recado don't worry, I'll pass on the message to him;
    páseme con el encargado [al teléfono] could you put me through to o could I speak to the person in charge?;
    le paso (con él) [al teléfono] I'll put you through (to him);
    Valdez pasó el balón al portero Valdez passed the ball (back) to the keeper;
    pasan sus conocimientos de generación en generación they pass down their knowledge from one generation to the next;
    el Estado le pasa una pensión she gets a pension from the State;
    pasa la cuerda por ese agujero pass the rope through this hole;
    hay que pasar las maletas por la máquina de rayos X your luggage has to go through the X-ray machine;
    pase las croquetas por huevo coat the croquettes with egg;
    pasar el cepillo por el suelo to scrub the floor;
    pasa un paño por la mesa give the table a wipe with a cloth;
    unas vacaciones pasadas por agua a Br holiday o US vacation when it rained the whole time;
    se dedican a pasar tabaco de contrabando/inmigrantes ilegales por la frontera they smuggle tobacco/illegal immigrants across the border
    2. [contagiar]
    pasar algo a alguien to give sb sth, to give sth to sb;
    me has pasado el resfriado you've given me your cold
    3. [cruzar] to cross;
    pasar la calle/la frontera to cross the road/border;
    pasé el río a nado I swam across the river
    4. [rebasar, sobrepasar] [en el espacio, tiempo] to go through;
    ¿hemos pasado ya la frontera? have we gone past o crossed the border yet?;
    pasar un semáforo en rojo to go through a red light;
    al pasar el parque gire a su izquierda once you're past the park, turn left, turn left after the park;
    ya ha pasado los veinticinco he's over twenty-five now;
    mi hijo me pasa ya dos centímetros my son is already two centimetres taller than me
    5. [adelantar] [corredores, vehículos] to overtake;
    pasa a esa furgoneta en cuanto puedas overtake that van as soon as you can
    6. [trasladar]
    pasar algo a to move sth to;
    hay que pasar todos estos libros al estudio we have to take all these books through to the study, we have to move all these books to the study
    7. [conducir adentro] to show in;
    el criado nos pasó al salón the butler showed us into the living-room
    8. [hacer avanzar] [páginas de libro] to turn;
    [hojas sueltas] to turn over;
    pasar página to make a fresh start
    9. [mostrar] [película, diapositivas, reportaje] to show
    10. [emplear] [tiempo] to spend;
    pasó dos años en Roma he spent two years in Rome;
    ¿dónde vas a pasar las vacaciones? where are you going on holiday o US vacation?, where are you going to spend your holidays o US vacation?;
    pasé la noche trabajando I worked all night, I spent the whole night working;
    he pasado muy buenos ratos con él I've had some very good times with him
    11. [experimentar] to go through, to experience;
    hemos pasado una racha muy mala we've gone o been through a very bad spell o Br patch;
    pasar frío/miedo to be cold/scared;
    ¿has pasado la varicela? have you had chickenpox?;
    ¿qué tal lo has pasado? did you have a nice time?, did you enjoy yourselves?;
    pasarlo bien to enjoy oneself, to have a good time;
    ¡que lo pases bien! have a nice time!, enjoy yourself!;
    lo hemos pasado muy mal últimamente we've had a hard time of it recently;
    Fam
    pasarlas canutas to have a rough time
    12. [superar] to pass;
    muy pocos pasaron el examen/la prueba very few people passed the exam/test;
    hay que pasar un reconocimiento médico you have to pass a medical;
    no pasamos la eliminatoria we didn't get through the tie
    13. [consentir]
    pasar algo a alguien to let sb get away with sth;
    que me engañes no te lo paso I'm not going to let you get away with cheating me;
    este profesor no te deja pasar (ni) una you can't get away with anything with this teacher;
    pasar algo por alto [adrede] to pass over sth;
    [sin querer] to miss sth out
    14. [transcribir]
    pasar algo a limpio to make a fair copy of sth, to write sth out neatly;
    yo te lo paso a máquina I'll type it up for you;
    pasar un documento Esp [m5] al ordenador o Am [m5] a la computadora to type o key a document (up) on the computer
    15. RP Fam [engañar] to diddle;
    están siempre tratando de pasarte con el vuelto they always try to short-change you o diddle you over the change
    ♦ vi
    1. [ir, moverse] to pass, to go;
    vimos pasar a un hombre corriendo we saw a man run past;
    ¿cuándo pasa el camión de la basura? when do the Br dustmen o US garbage collectors come?;
    deja pasar a la ambulancia let the ambulance past;
    ¿me deja pasar, por favor? may I come past, please?;
    pasó por mi lado he passed by my side;
    he pasado por tu calle I went down your street;
    el autobús pasa por mi casa the bus passes in front of o goes past my house;
    ¿qué autobuses pasan por aquí? which buses go past here?, which buses can you catch from here?;
    el Támesis pasa por Londres the Thames flows through London;
    yo sólo pasaba por aquí I was just passing by;
    pasaba por allí y entré a saludar I was in the area, so I stopped by to say hello;
    pasar de largo to go straight by
    2. [entrar] to go/come in;
    pasen por aquí, por favor come this way, please;
    lo siento, no se puede pasar sorry, you can't go in there/come in here;
    pasamos a un salón muy grande we entered a very large living-room;
    ¿puedo pasar? may I come in?;
    ¿puedo pasar al cuarto de baño? can I use the bathroom?;
    ¡pase!, Méx [m5]¡pásale/pásele! come in!;
    hazlos pasar show them in;
    RP
    pasar al pizarrón to go/come to the blackboard
    3. [caber] to go ( por through);
    por ahí no pasa este armario this wardrobe won't go through there
    4. [acercarse, ir un momento] to pop in;
    pasaré por mi oficina/por tu casa I'll pop into my office/round to your place;
    pasa por la farmacia y compra aspirinas pop into the Br chemist's o US pharmacy and buy some aspirin;
    pasé a verla al hospital I dropped in at the hospital to see her;
    pase a por el vestido o [m5] a recoger el vestido el lunes you can come and pick the dress up on Monday
    5. [suceder] to happen;
    ¿qué pasa aquí? what's going on here?;
    ¿qué pasa? [¿qué ocurre?] what's the matter?;
    Fam [al saludar a alguien] how's it going?; Méx Fam
    ¿qué pasó? [¿qué tal?] how's it going?;
    ¿qué pasa con esas cervezas? where have those beers got to?, what's happened to those beers?;
    no te preocupes, no pasa nada don't worry, it's OK;
    aquí nunca pasa nada nothing ever happens here;
    ¿qué le pasa? what's wrong with him?, what's the matter with him?;
    ¿le pasó algo al niño? did something happen to the child?;
    ¿qué te pasa en la pierna? what's wrong with your leg?;
    eso te pasa por mentir that's what you get for lying;
    lo que pasa es que… the thing is…;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa lo mismo, pasa lo de siempre it's always the same;
    dense la mano y aquí no ha pasado nada shake hands and just forget the whole thing (as if it had never happened)
    6. [terminar] to be over;
    pasó la Navidad Christmas is over;
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over now;
    cuando pase el dolor when the pain passes o stops;
    la tormenta ya ha pasado the storm is over now;
    el efecto de estos fármacos pasa enseguida these drugs wear off quickly
    7. [transcurrir] to go by;
    pasaron tres meses three months went by;
    cuando pase un rato te tomas esta pastilla take this tablet after a little while;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! time flies!
    8. [cambiar]
    pasar de… a… [de lugar, estado, propietario] to go o pass from… to…;
    pasamos del último puesto al décimo we went (up) from last place to tenth;
    pasa de la depresión a la euforia she goes from depression to euphoria;
    pasó a formar parte del nuevo equipo he joined the new team;
    pasar a [nueva actividad, nuevo tema] to move on to;
    pasemos a otra cosa let's move on to something else;
    ahora pasaré a explicarles cómo funciona esta máquina now I'm going to explain to you how this machine works;
    Alicia pasa a (ser) jefa de personal Alicia will become personnel manager;
    pasar de curso o [m5] al siguiente curso = to pass one's end-of-year exams and move up a year
    9. [ir más allá, sobrepasar]
    si pasas de 160, vibra el volante if you go faster than 160, the steering wheel starts to vibrate;
    yo creo que no pasa de los cuarenta años I doubt she's older than forty;
    no pasó de ser un aparatoso accidente sin consecuencias the accident was spectacular but no-one was hurt
    10. [conformarse, apañarse]
    pasar (con/sin algo) to make do (with/without sth);
    tendrá que pasar sin coche she'll have to make do without a car;
    ¿cómo puedes pasar toda la mañana sólo con un café? how can you last all morning on just a cup of coffee?;
    no sabe pasar sin su familia he can't cope without his family
    11. [experimentar]
    hemos pasado por situaciones de alto riesgo we have been in some highly dangerous situations
    12. [tolerar]
    pasar por algo to put up with sth;
    ¡yo por ahí no paso! I draw the line at that!
    13. [ser considerado]
    pasa por ser uno de los mejores tenistas del momento he is considered to be one of the best tennis players around at the moment;
    hacerse pasar por alguien/algo to pretend to be sb/sth, to pass oneself off as sb/sth
    14. Fam [prescindir]
    pasar de algo/alguien to want nothing to do with sth/sb;
    paso de política I'm not into politics;
    ¡ése pasa de todo! he couldn't care less about anything!;
    paso de ir al cine hoy I can't be bothered going to o Br I don't fancy the cinema today;
    paso olímpicamente o [m5] ampliamente de hacerlo I'm damned if I'm going to do it
    15. [en naipes] to pass
    16. [servir, valer]
    puede pasar it'll do;
    por esta vez pase, pero que no vuelva a ocurrir I'll overlook it this time, but I don't want it to happen again
    17. Méx Fam [gustar]
    me pasa ese cantante I think that singer's great
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 pass;
    pasar la mano por run one’s hand through
    2 el tiempo spend;
    para pasar el tiempo (in order) to pass the time;
    pasarlo bien have a good time;
    ¡que lo pases bien!, ¡a pasarlo bien! enjoy yourself!, have fun o a good time!
    3 un lugar pass, go past; frontera cross
    4 problemas, dificultades experience
    5 AUTO ( adelantar) pass, Br
    overtake
    6 una película show
    :
    le paso al Sr. Galvez I’ll put you through to Mr. Galvez
    8
    :
    II v/i
    1 ( suceder) happen;
    ¿qué ha pasado? what’s happened?;
    ¿qué pasa? what’s happening?, what’s going on?;
    ¿qué te pasa? what’s the matter?;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    ya ha pasado lo peor the worst is over;
    en el viaje nos pasó de todo fam just about everything happened on that trip, it was a very eventful trip
    2 en juegos pass
    3
    :
    ¡pasa!, ¡pase usted! come in!;
    pasé a visitarla I dropped by to see her;
    pasar por go by;
    pasa por aquí come this way;
    pasé por la tienda I stopped off at the shop;
    pasaré por tu casa I’ll drop by your house
    4
    :
    5 fam
    :
    pasar de alguien not want anything to do with s.o.;
    paso de ir al gimnasio I can’t be bothered to go to the gym
    6
    :
    pasar de los 60 años be over 60 (years old);
    pasar de moda go out of fashion;
    hacerse pasar por pass o.s. off as;
    poder pasar sin algo be able to get by o to manage without sth;
    puede pasar it’s OK, it’ll do
    * * *
    pasar vi
    1) : to pass, to go by, to come by
    2) : to come in, to enter
    ¿se puede pasar?: may we come in?
    3) : to happen
    ¿qué pasa?: what's happening?, what's going on?
    4) : to manage, to get by
    5) : to be over, to end
    6)
    pasar de : to exceed, to go beyond
    7)
    pasar por : to pretend to be
    pasar vt
    1) : to pass, to give
    ¿me pasas la sal?: would you pass me the salt?
    2) : to pass (a test)
    3) : to go over, to cross
    4) : to spend (time)
    5) : to tolerate
    6) : to go through, to suffer
    7) : to show (a movie, etc.)
    8) : to overtake, to pass, to surpass
    9) : to pass over, to wipe up
    pasarla bien : to have a good time
    pasarla mal : to have a bad time, to have a hard time
    pasar por alto : to overlook, to omit
    * * *
    pasar vb
    1. (entrar) to go in / to come in [pt. came; pp. come]
    ¡pase! come in!
    2. (transcurrir) to pass / to go by
    3. (ocupar un tiempo) to spend [pt. & pp. spent]
    4. (andar, moverse) to pass / to go past
    ¿por dónde pasa el autobús? which way does the bus go?
    ¿a qué hora pasa el tren? what time's the train?
    5. (ir, visitar) to go / to stop by [pt. & pp. stopped] / to go
    6. (cruzar) to cross
    7. (dar, hacer llegar) to pass / to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    ¿me pasas la sal? can you pass the salt?
    8. (llevar, mover) to move
    9. (sufrir) to be / to have
    10. (aprobar) to pass
    12. (terminar) to be over
    13. (arreglárselas) to manage / to get by
    14. (ocurrir) to happen
    ¿qué te ha pasado? what happened to you?
    ¿qué pasa? what's going on? / what's the matter?
    15. (cambiar) to change / to go
    16. (exceder) to be over
    pasar / pasar de algo not to care / not to be bothered

    Spanish-English dictionary > pasar

См. также в других словарях:

  • Does It Matter Irene? — Single by The Mothmen A side Does It Matter Irene? B side Please Let Go Released September 1979 Format …   Wikipedia

  • Does It Offend You, Yeah? — during the NME Awards Tour Background information Also known as DIOYY, DIOYY?, Does It Offend You? …   Wikipedia

  • Does not compute — and variations on it, is a phrase often spoken by computers, robots and other artificial intelligences in science fiction works of the 1960s to 1980s. The phrase indicated cognitive dissonance on the part of the device, conventionally leading to …   Wikipedia

  • Does Your Mother Know — «Does Your Mother Know» …   Википедия

  • Does This Look Infected? — Studio album by Sum 41 Released November 26, 2002 …   Wikipedia

  • Does Anybody Miss Me — Studio album by Shirley Bassey Released 1969 …   Wikipedia

  • Does Your Mother Know — Single by ABBA from the album Voulez Vous B side …   Wikipedia

  • Does Your Mother Know — ist ein Song der schwedischen Pop Gruppe ABBA. Geschrieben und komponiert wurde er von Benny Andersson und Björn Ulvaeus. Das Lied hat eine Spieldauer von 3 Minuten und 40 Sekunden; die Leadvocals werden seltener Weise von Björn Ulvaeus… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • Does My Head Look Big in This? —   Author(s) Randa Abdel Fattah …   Wikipedia

  • before — be|fore1 W1S1 [bıˈfo: US ˈfo:r] conj 1.) earlier than a particular event or action ≠ ↑after ▪ Say goodbye before you go. ▪ I saw her a few days before she died. see usage note ↑ago 2.) so that something does not or cannot happen ▪ Put that money… …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Before the Fact — infobox Book | name = Before the Fact title orig = translator = author = Anthony Berkeley writing as Francis Iles cover artist = country = England language = English series = genre = Crime novel publisher = Gollancz release date = 1932 media type …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»